1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
43 #include "libiberty.h"
44 #include "safe-ctype.h"
45 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
51 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
52 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
53 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
70 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
71 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
72 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
73 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
74 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
75 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
76 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
84 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
102 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
103 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
124 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
125 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
126 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
127 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
128 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
136 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
152 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
153 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
154 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
155 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
156 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
177 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
180 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
188 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
199 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
204 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
207 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h
& 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
224 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
225 unsigned long h
= 5381;
228 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
229 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
230 return h
& 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
241 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
242 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
245 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
246 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
251 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
280 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
284 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
286 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
287 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
290 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
291 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
295 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
300 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
301 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
)
303 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
305 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
307 bfd_release (abfd
, shstrtab
);
309 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
310 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
311 the string table over and over. */
312 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
315 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
316 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
318 return (char *) shstrtab
;
322 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
323 unsigned int shindex
,
324 unsigned int strindex
)
326 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
331 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
334 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
336 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
338 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
340 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
341 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: attempt to load strings from a non-string section (number %d)"),
346 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
350 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
352 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
353 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
354 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
355 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
356 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
358 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
362 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
365 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
366 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
367 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
368 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
369 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
370 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
371 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
374 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
375 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
378 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
380 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
382 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
384 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
385 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
386 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
387 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
388 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
389 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
390 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
395 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
401 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
403 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
405 elf_section_list
* entry
;
406 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
408 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
409 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
410 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
412 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
416 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
418 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
419 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
420 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
421 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
422 the index table will not be needed. */
426 /* Read the symbols. */
428 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
430 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
431 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
432 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
433 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
434 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
436 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
437 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
439 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
440 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
441 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
447 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
451 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
452 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
453 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
455 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
456 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
457 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
459 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
460 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
461 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
468 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
470 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
471 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
472 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
473 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
477 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
478 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
479 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
480 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
482 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
483 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
485 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
486 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
487 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
488 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
489 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
496 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
498 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
499 free (alloc_extshndx
);
504 /* Look up a symbol name. */
506 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
507 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
508 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
512 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
513 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
515 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
516 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
517 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
519 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
520 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
523 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
526 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
527 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
532 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
533 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
536 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
537 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
539 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
541 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
542 signature just a string? */
545 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
547 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
548 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
549 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
550 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
552 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
553 that it is a symbol table section. */
554 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
556 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
557 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
558 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
561 /* Go read the symbol. */
562 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
563 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
564 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
567 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
570 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
573 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
575 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
577 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
578 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
581 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
583 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
584 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
585 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
588 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
589 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
590 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
591 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
592 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
594 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
596 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
598 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
604 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
605 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
609 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
610 so we can find them quickly. */
613 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
614 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
615 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
616 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
620 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
622 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
624 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
627 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
629 /* Add to list of sections. */
630 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
633 /* Read the raw contents. */
634 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
635 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
636 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
637 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
638 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
639 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
642 (_("%B: corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
643 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
648 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
650 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
651 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
655 (_("%B: invalid size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
656 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
658 /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even partially
659 corrupt, do not allow any of the contents to be used. */
660 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
664 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
665 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
666 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
668 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
669 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
677 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
678 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
681 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
682 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
683 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
688 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
689 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
692 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
697 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
698 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
700 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
702 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
705 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
706 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
707 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
708 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
714 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
718 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
720 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
721 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
722 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
724 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
725 section is a member. */
727 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
731 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
732 other members to see if any others are linked via
734 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
735 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
737 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
738 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
742 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
743 insert current section in circular list. */
744 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
745 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
746 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
752 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
755 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
757 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
758 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
761 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
763 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
764 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
772 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
774 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
782 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
785 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
786 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
789 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
790 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
792 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
793 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
795 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
796 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
797 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
798 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
801 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
802 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
803 bed
->link_order_error_handler
804 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
809 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
811 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
813 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
814 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
818 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
819 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
822 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
823 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
824 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
828 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
833 /* Process section groups. */
834 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
837 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
839 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
840 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
843 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
844 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
846 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
847 (_("%B: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
853 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
854 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
857 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
858 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
859 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
860 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
861 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
862 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
863 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
864 relocation sections are in section group in input object
866 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
869 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
870 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
871 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
873 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
874 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
875 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
878 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
886 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
888 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
892 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
894 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
895 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
896 if (new_name
== NULL
)
900 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
905 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
907 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
908 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
909 if (new_name
== NULL
)
912 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
916 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
917 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
920 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
921 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
927 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
929 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
932 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
936 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
937 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
938 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
940 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
941 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
942 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
944 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
946 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
947 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
948 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
949 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
952 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
953 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
954 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
955 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
956 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
957 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
960 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
963 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
964 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
965 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
967 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
969 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
972 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
974 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
975 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
976 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
977 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
979 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
980 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
981 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
982 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
984 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
986 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
987 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
994 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'n')
995 p
= ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n
= 17;
996 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'd')
997 p
= ".gdb_index", n
= 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
998 else if (name
[1] == 'l')
1000 else if (name
[1] == 's')
1002 else if (name
[1] == 'z')
1003 p
= ".zdebug", n
= 7;
1006 if (p
!= NULL
&& strncmp (name
, p
, n
) == 0)
1007 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1011 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1012 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1013 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1014 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1015 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1016 all but one of the sections. */
1017 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1018 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1019 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1021 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1022 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1023 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
1026 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
1029 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1030 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1031 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1032 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1036 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1039 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, -1);
1043 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1045 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1046 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1048 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1049 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1050 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1051 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1052 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1053 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1054 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1056 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1058 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1061 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1062 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1064 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1065 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1066 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1067 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1069 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1070 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1071 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
1073 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1074 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1075 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1076 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1077 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1078 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1079 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1080 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1081 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
1083 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1084 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1085 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1086 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1087 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1088 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1089 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1095 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1096 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1097 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1098 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1099 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1101 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1102 int compression_header_size
;
1103 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1104 bfd_boolean compressed
1105 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1106 &compression_header_size
,
1107 &uncompressed_size
);
1111 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1112 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1113 action
= decompress
;
1116 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1117 section. Check if we should compress. */
1118 if (action
== nothing
)
1120 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1121 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1122 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1123 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1125 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1126 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1132 if (action
== compress
)
1134 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1136 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1137 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1144 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1146 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1147 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1153 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1156 && (action
== decompress
1157 || (action
== compress
1158 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1160 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1161 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1163 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1164 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1166 bfd_rename_section (abfd
, newsect
, new_name
);
1170 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1171 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1172 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1178 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1180 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1181 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1182 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1185 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1186 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1187 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1188 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1189 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1190 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1191 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1192 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1193 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1195 bfd_reloc_status_type
1196 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1197 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1199 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1200 asection
*input_section
,
1202 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1204 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1205 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1206 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1207 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1209 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1210 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1213 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1216 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1217 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1218 should be the same. */
1221 section_match (Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1224 a
->sh_type
== b
->sh_type
1225 && a
->sh_flags
== b
->sh_flags
1226 && a
->sh_addralign
== b
->sh_addralign
1227 && a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
1228 && a
->sh_entsize
== b
->sh_entsize
1229 /* FIXME: Check sh_addr ? */
1233 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1234 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1235 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1236 to be the correct section. */
1239 find_link (bfd
* obfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
, unsigned int hint
)
1241 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1244 if (section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1247 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1249 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1251 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1252 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1253 multiple matches ? */
1260 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1264 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1266 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** iheaders
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1267 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1270 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1271 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1274 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1276 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1277 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1280 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1282 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1283 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1284 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1286 /* Copy object attributes. */
1287 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1289 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1292 /* Possibly copy the sh_info and sh_link fields. */
1293 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1296 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1299 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1300 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
1301 || oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1302 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1305 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1306 FIXME: We could use something better than a linear scan here.
1307 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1308 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1309 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1311 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1313 /* Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1314 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1316 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1317 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1318 && iheader
->sh_flags
== oheader
->sh_flags
1319 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1320 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1321 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1322 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1323 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1324 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1326 /* PR 19938: Attempt to preserve the sh_link and sh_info fields
1327 of OS and Processor specific sections. We try harder for
1328 these sections, because this is not just about matching
1329 stripped binaries to their originals. */
1330 if (oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1332 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1333 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1334 unsigned int sh_link
;
1336 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should
1338 if (bed
->elf_backend_set_special_section_info_and_link
!= NULL
1339 && bed
->elf_backend_set_special_section_info_and_link
1340 (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
))
1343 /* We have iheader which matches oheader, but which has
1344 non-zero sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to
1345 follow those links and find the section in the output
1346 bfd which corresponds to the linked section in the input
1348 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1350 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
,
1351 iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
],
1353 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1355 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1359 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1360 if we could not find a match ? */
1361 (* _bfd_error_handler
)
1362 (_("%B: Failed to find link section for section %d"),
1366 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1368 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information,
1369 but if the SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it
1370 should be interpreted as a section index. */
1371 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1372 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
,
1373 iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1376 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1377 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1379 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1381 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1385 (* _bfd_error_handler
)
1386 (_("%B: Failed to find info section for section %d"),
1395 /* This is an feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1396 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1397 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1398 matched up with the original.
1400 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1401 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1402 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1403 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1404 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1405 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1406 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1407 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1408 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1409 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1410 without any contents. */
1411 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1412 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1413 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1414 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1425 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1430 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1431 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1432 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1433 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1434 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1435 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1436 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1437 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1438 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1439 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1440 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1441 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1446 /* Print out the program headers. */
1449 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1451 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1452 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1454 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1456 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1461 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1462 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1463 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1465 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1470 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1473 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1474 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1475 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1476 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1477 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1478 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1479 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1480 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1481 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1482 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1483 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1484 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1485 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1486 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1487 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1488 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1489 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1494 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1497 unsigned int elfsec
;
1498 unsigned long shlink
;
1499 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1501 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1503 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1505 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1508 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1509 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1511 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1513 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1514 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1517 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1518 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1520 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1521 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1523 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1525 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1526 const char *name
= "";
1528 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1529 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1531 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1533 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1540 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1541 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1543 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1545 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1550 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1551 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1552 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1553 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1554 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1555 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1556 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1557 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1558 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1559 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1560 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1561 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1562 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1563 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1564 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1565 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1566 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1567 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1568 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1569 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1570 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1571 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1572 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1573 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1574 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1575 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1576 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1577 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1578 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1579 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1580 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1581 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1582 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1583 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1584 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1585 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1586 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1587 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1588 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1589 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1590 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1591 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1592 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1593 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1594 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1595 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1596 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1597 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1598 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1599 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1600 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1601 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1602 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1603 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1604 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1605 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1606 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1607 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1610 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1614 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1619 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1621 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1624 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1633 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1634 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1636 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1640 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1642 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1644 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1645 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1647 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1648 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1649 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1650 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1652 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1655 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1659 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1665 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1667 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1669 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1670 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1672 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1674 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1675 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1676 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1677 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1678 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1679 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1691 /* Get version string. */
1694 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1695 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1697 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1698 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1699 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1701 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1703 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1704 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1707 version_string
= "";
1708 else if (vernum
== 1)
1709 version_string
= "Base";
1710 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1712 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1715 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1717 version_string
= "";
1718 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1722 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1724 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1726 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1728 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1735 return version_string
;
1738 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1741 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1744 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1746 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1749 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1750 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1752 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1753 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1754 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1755 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol
->flags
);
1757 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1759 const char *section_name
;
1760 const char *name
= NULL
;
1761 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1762 unsigned char st_other
;
1764 const char *version_string
;
1767 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1769 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1770 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1771 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1775 name
= symbol
->name
;
1776 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1779 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1780 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1781 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1782 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1783 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1784 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1785 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1787 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1788 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1790 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1791 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
1797 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1802 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1803 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1808 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1809 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1814 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1815 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1816 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1818 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1820 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1823 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1829 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1831 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1834 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1836 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
1837 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
1838 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1840 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
1841 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
1842 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
1843 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
1845 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
1850 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
1851 sections, with each the string indicies pointing to the next in the
1852 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
1853 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
1854 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
1855 can expect to recurse at least once.
1857 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
1858 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
1860 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
1861 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
1862 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
1864 /* FIXME: It would be more efficient to attach this array to the bfd somehow. */
1865 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*)
1866 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, elf_numsections (abfd
) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
1867 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
1869 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
1871 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1872 (_("%B: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
1875 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
1878 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1879 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1880 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
1885 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1886 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1889 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1892 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1893 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1894 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1895 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1896 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1897 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1898 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1899 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1900 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1901 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1904 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1905 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1908 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
1910 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1911 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1912 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
1915 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
1916 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1917 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1919 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1924 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1926 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1928 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1930 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1931 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1932 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1933 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1935 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1936 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1940 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1942 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1943 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1945 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1946 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1948 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1956 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
1957 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1960 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1963 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1965 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1967 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1968 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1969 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1974 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
1975 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
1976 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1978 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1979 (_("%B: warning: multiple symbol tables detected - ignoring the table in section %u"),
1983 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1984 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
1985 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
1986 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1988 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1989 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1990 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1991 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1992 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1994 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1995 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1996 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2000 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2001 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2002 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2004 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2005 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2007 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2008 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2011 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2012 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2014 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2016 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2017 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2022 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2024 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2026 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2027 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2032 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2033 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2037 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2038 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2041 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2044 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2046 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2049 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2050 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2051 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2056 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2057 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2058 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2060 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2061 (_("%B: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2065 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2066 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2067 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2068 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2070 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2071 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2072 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2075 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2077 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2079 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2080 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2083 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof * entry
);
2086 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2088 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2089 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2090 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2094 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2095 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2098 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2100 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2101 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2105 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2108 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2109 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2113 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2116 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2117 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2118 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2119 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2121 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2126 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2127 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2128 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2129 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2131 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2133 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2134 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2136 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2137 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2139 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2142 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2144 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2146 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2147 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2151 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2156 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2158 asection
*target_sect
;
2159 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2160 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2161 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2165 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2166 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2169 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2170 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2172 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
2173 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2174 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
2175 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2180 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2181 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2182 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2183 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2184 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2185 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2186 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2188 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2189 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2190 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2191 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2197 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2199 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2200 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2211 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2214 /* Get the symbol table. */
2215 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2216 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2217 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2220 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2221 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2222 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2223 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2224 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2225 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
2226 sh_link points to the null section. */
2227 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2228 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2229 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2230 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2231 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2232 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2234 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2239 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2242 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2243 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2246 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2247 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2248 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2250 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2252 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7. */
2255 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
2256 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2261 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2262 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
2263 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2264 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2265 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2266 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2267 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2268 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2270 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2271 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2273 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2277 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2278 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2279 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2280 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2283 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2284 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2287 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2288 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2289 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2292 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2293 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2294 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2295 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2302 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2305 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2308 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
2310 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
2311 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (* idx
);
2316 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
2317 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
2318 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
2320 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2323 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
2327 if (idx
->shdr
!= NULL
2328 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
2329 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
2331 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
2339 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2340 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2341 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2343 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2345 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2349 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2350 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2353 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2355 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2356 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2357 for applications? */
2358 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2359 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2360 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2361 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2364 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2365 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2370 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2371 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2372 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2373 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2374 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2376 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2377 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2379 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2380 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2381 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2382 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2383 be rejected with an error message. */
2384 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2385 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2387 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2390 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2391 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2396 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2397 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2398 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2399 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2407 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2408 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2409 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2411 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2412 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2417 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2420 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2422 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2424 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2426 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2428 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2429 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2430 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2432 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2433 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2434 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2437 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2439 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2442 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2445 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2448 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2452 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2454 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2456 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2459 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2461 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2462 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2465 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2467 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2468 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2471 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2473 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2474 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2475 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2476 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2477 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2478 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2479 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2480 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2485 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2486 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2489 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2491 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2492 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2493 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2496 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2498 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2499 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2500 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2501 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2502 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2503 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2504 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2505 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2506 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2507 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2510 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2512 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2513 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2516 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2518 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2519 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2520 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2521 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2524 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2526 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2527 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2530 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2532 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2533 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2534 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2537 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2539 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2540 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2541 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2544 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2546 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2547 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2548 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2549 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2550 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2553 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2555 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2556 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2557 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2558 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2559 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2560 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2561 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2564 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2566 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2567 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2568 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2569 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2572 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2574 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2575 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2576 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2577 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2578 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2581 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2583 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2584 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2585 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2587 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2588 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2589 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2590 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2593 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2595 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2597 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2599 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2600 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2601 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2607 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2610 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2611 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2612 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2618 len
= strlen (name
);
2620 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2623 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2625 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2627 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2630 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2631 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2633 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2635 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2637 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2638 && (suffix_len
== -2
2639 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2645 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2647 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2648 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2658 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2659 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2662 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2663 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2665 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2666 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2669 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2670 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2673 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2674 bed
->special_sections
,
2680 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2683 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2684 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2687 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2692 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2696 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2698 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2699 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2700 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2702 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2705 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2709 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2712 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2713 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2714 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2716 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2717 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2718 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2719 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2720 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2721 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2722 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2723 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2724 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2725 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2726 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2728 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2731 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2732 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2733 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2735 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2736 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2740 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2743 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2745 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2746 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2747 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2748 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2750 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2751 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2752 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2753 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2754 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2755 of combined data+bss.
2757 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2758 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2759 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2760 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2761 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2766 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2767 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2769 const char *type_name
)
2777 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2778 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2779 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2781 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2783 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2784 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2785 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2788 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2789 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2790 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2792 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2793 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2794 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2795 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2796 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2797 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2798 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2800 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2801 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2802 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2804 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2806 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2809 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2811 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2815 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2819 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2820 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2821 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2824 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2825 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2826 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2828 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2829 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2830 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2831 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2832 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2833 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2834 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2835 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2836 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2838 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2839 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2840 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2841 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2842 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2843 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2844 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
2846 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2847 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2848 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2850 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2851 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2858 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
2860 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2862 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2865 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
2868 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load");
2871 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
2874 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
2877 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
2879 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2884 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
2887 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
2889 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2890 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
2894 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
2897 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
2900 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2901 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2902 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
2906 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2910 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
2912 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
2914 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
2915 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
2918 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
2922 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
2923 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
2924 const char *sec_name
,
2925 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2927 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
2928 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
2932 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
2934 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2936 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2942 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
2943 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
2944 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
2948 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2949 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
2950 const char *sec_name
,
2951 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
2952 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
2954 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
2955 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2958 amt
= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
);
2959 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
2960 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2961 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
2963 if (delay_st_name_p
)
2964 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
2965 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
2968 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2969 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2970 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2971 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2972 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2973 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2974 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2975 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2976 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2981 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
2984 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
2986 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2987 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2989 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
2992 struct fake_section_arg
2994 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
2998 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3001 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3003 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3004 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3005 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3006 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3007 unsigned int sh_type
;
3008 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3009 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3013 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3018 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3022 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3023 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3024 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3028 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3030 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3032 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding setion
3033 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3034 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3035 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3038 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3040 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3041 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3043 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3044 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3048 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3049 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3057 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3059 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3060 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3061 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3062 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3063 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3064 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3069 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3074 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3075 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3079 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3081 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3088 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3090 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3091 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3092 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
3094 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3096 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3097 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3098 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3099 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3100 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3102 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3103 (_("%B: error: Alignment power %d of section `%A' is too big"),
3104 abfd
, asect
, asect
->alignment_power
);
3108 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
3109 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3110 copy_private_section_data. */
3112 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3113 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3115 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3117 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3118 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3120 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3122 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3123 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3124 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3125 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3126 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3128 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3129 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3130 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3131 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3132 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3133 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3134 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3137 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3143 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3144 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3145 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3152 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3156 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3160 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3164 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3165 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3169 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3170 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3173 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3174 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3177 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3178 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3179 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3180 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3182 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3183 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3185 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3186 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3189 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3190 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3191 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3192 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3194 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3195 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3197 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3198 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3202 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3206 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3210 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3211 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3212 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3213 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3214 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3215 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3216 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3218 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3219 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3221 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3222 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3223 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3224 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3225 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3227 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3228 if (asect
->size
== 0
3229 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3231 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3233 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3236 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3237 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3238 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3242 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3243 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3245 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3246 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3247 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3248 create the other. */
3249 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3251 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3254 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3255 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3256 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3257 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3259 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3260 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
, FALSE
,
3266 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3267 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
, TRUE
,
3274 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3276 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3283 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3284 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3285 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3286 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3289 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3291 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3292 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3293 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3297 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3298 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3299 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3300 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3303 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3305 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3306 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3310 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3312 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
3316 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3318 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3320 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3322 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3323 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3327 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3328 elf_section_syms. */
3329 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
3330 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3332 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3334 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3336 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3337 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3338 set until all local symbols are output. */
3339 asection
*igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3340 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3341 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3342 unsigned long extsymoff
= 0;
3343 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3345 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3347 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3349 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3350 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3352 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3353 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3354 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3355 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3357 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3360 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3362 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3365 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3367 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3368 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3369 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3376 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3378 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3379 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3380 start of the input section group. */
3381 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3383 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3384 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3385 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3386 directives, not that it matters. */
3393 s
= s
->output_section
;
3395 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3397 unsigned int idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3400 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
3402 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3407 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
3410 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3413 /* Return the section which RELOC_SEC applies to. */
3416 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3422 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
3425 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3426 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3429 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3430 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3431 if (type
== SHT_REL
)
3436 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3437 section apply to .got.plt section. */
3438 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3439 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3440 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3442 /* .got.plt is a linker created input section. It may be mapped
3443 to some other output section. Try two likely sections. */
3445 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3446 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
3451 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3455 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3456 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3457 in here too, while we're at it. */
3460 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3462 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3464 unsigned int section_number
;
3465 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3466 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3467 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3471 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3473 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3474 if (link_info
== NULL
|| bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
))
3476 bfd_size_type reloc_count
= 0;
3478 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3479 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3481 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3483 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3485 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3487 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3488 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3489 abfd
->section_count
--;
3492 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3495 /* Count relocations. */
3496 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3499 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3500 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3501 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3504 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3506 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3508 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3509 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3510 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3511 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3514 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3515 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3516 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3523 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3524 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3525 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3531 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3532 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3533 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3535 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3536 || (link_info
== NULL
3537 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3541 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3542 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3543 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3545 elf_section_list
* entry
;
3547 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3549 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof * entry
);
3550 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3551 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3553 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3554 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3555 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3558 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3559 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3562 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3564 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3565 abfd
, section_number
);
3569 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3570 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3572 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3574 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3575 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3576 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3579 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3580 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3581 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3583 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3587 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3589 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3592 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3593 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3595 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3596 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3597 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3598 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3600 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3601 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3604 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3608 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3610 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3611 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3612 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3613 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3614 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3616 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3618 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3619 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3620 the relocation entries apply. */
3621 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3623 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3624 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3625 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3627 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3629 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3630 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3631 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3634 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3635 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3637 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3640 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3641 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3643 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3644 if (discarded_section (s
))
3647 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3648 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3649 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3651 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3652 size as the discarded one. */
3653 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3656 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3662 s
= s
->output_section
;
3663 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3667 /* Handle objcopy. */
3668 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3670 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3671 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3672 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3673 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3676 s
= s
->output_section
;
3678 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3683 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3684 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3685 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3687 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3688 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3689 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3690 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3691 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3696 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3700 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3701 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3702 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3703 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3704 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3705 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3706 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3708 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3710 s
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->get_reloc_section (sec
);
3713 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3714 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3719 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3720 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3721 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3722 field to point to this section. */
3723 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3724 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3729 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3730 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3733 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3734 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3735 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3739 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3741 /* This is a .stab section. */
3742 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3743 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3744 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3751 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3752 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3753 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3754 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3756 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3758 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3761 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3762 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3763 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3764 the version strings. */
3765 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3766 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3768 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3773 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3774 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3775 this hash table or version table is for. */
3776 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3778 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3782 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3786 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
3787 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
3788 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
3794 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3796 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3797 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3798 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3799 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3801 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
3802 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3803 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3806 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3807 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3810 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3812 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
3814 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
3817 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
3818 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
3819 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
3820 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3821 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
3822 || (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
3823 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
3824 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
3827 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3828 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3831 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
3833 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3834 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3835 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3836 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3837 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3838 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3839 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3840 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
3846 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3850 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3852 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3853 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3857 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3858 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3860 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3861 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3863 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3864 decided to output. */
3865 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3867 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3869 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3871 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
3872 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3874 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3876 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3877 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3879 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3883 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3884 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3886 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3888 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3892 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3893 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3894 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3895 at least in that case. */
3896 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3898 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3900 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3907 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3908 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
3909 sizeof (asymbol
*));
3911 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3914 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3916 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3919 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3920 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3921 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3926 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3928 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3930 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3932 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3935 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3936 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3939 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3941 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3945 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3947 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
3951 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3952 ELF data structure. */
3954 static inline file_ptr
3955 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3957 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3960 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3961 required section alignment. */
3964 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3968 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
3969 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
3970 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3971 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3972 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3973 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3974 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3978 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3979 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3980 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3983 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3984 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3986 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3987 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
3989 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3990 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3991 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3993 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3996 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3997 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3998 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4000 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
4003 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
4004 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4006 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4007 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4008 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4012 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4015 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4016 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4017 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4018 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4022 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4023 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4025 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
4030 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4032 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4037 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4038 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
4039 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4040 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4041 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4042 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4043 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4044 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4045 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4046 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4047 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4049 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4055 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4057 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4059 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4060 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4062 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4064 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4065 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4066 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4067 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4070 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4071 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4073 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4075 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4077 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4078 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4080 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4083 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4088 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4089 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4091 static bfd_size_type
4092 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4096 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4098 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4099 and one for data. */
4102 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4103 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4105 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4106 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4107 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4112 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4114 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4118 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4120 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4124 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4126 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4130 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4132 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4136 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4138 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4139 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4141 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4143 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
4144 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
4145 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
4146 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4147 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
4148 so we check whether the sections are correctly
4150 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4151 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4152 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4153 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4154 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->next
->name
, ".note"))
4159 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4161 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4163 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4169 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4170 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4171 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4175 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4181 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4184 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4187 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4189 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4190 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4192 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4198 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4199 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4206 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4208 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4209 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4210 asection
**sections
,
4215 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4220 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4221 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4222 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4226 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4227 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4228 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4229 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4231 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4233 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4234 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4235 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4241 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4244 struct elf_segment_map
*
4245 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4247 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4249 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4250 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4254 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4256 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4261 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4264 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4265 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4266 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4268 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4269 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4271 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4272 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4273 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4274 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4276 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4279 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4281 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4283 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4284 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4285 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4287 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4291 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4293 if (remove_empty_load
&& (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
4299 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4300 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4302 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4309 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4312 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4315 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4316 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4317 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4318 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4320 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4323 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4325 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4329 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4330 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4333 unsigned int phdr_index
;
4334 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4336 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4337 bfd_boolean writable
;
4339 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4340 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4342 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
4344 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4346 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
4347 sizeof (asection
*));
4348 if (sections
== NULL
)
4351 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4352 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4354 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4355 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4358 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4360 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4364 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4365 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4366 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
4369 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4372 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4374 /* Build the mapping. */
4379 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4380 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4382 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4383 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4385 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4386 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4390 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4391 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
4392 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
4393 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4394 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4399 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4400 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4404 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4412 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4413 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4414 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4418 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4419 /* PR 17512: file: c8455299.
4420 Avoid divide-by-zero errors later on.
4421 FIXME: Should we abort if the maxpagesize is zero ? */
4422 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4425 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4427 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4430 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4431 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4432 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4433 program headers we will need. */
4436 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4438 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4439 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4440 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4441 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
4442 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
4443 || ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) % maxpagesize
4444 < phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
4445 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
) < wrap_to
)
4446 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4449 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4452 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4456 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4459 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4461 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4462 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4463 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4465 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4467 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4468 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4472 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4473 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4475 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4476 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4479 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4480 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4481 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4482 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4483 section can be included in the current segment. */
4484 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
4486 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
4489 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4490 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4493 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4494 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0
4495 && ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
4496 || (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4497 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
))))
4499 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4500 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4501 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4502 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose.
4503 However, like the writable/non-writable case below,
4504 if they are on the same page then they must be put
4505 in the same segment. */
4508 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4510 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4511 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4512 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4513 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4516 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
4517 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4518 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4520 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4521 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
4522 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
4523 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
4524 only case in which the new section is not on the same
4525 page as the previous section is when the previous section
4526 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
4531 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4532 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4535 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4536 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4538 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4540 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4546 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4549 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4550 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4551 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4552 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4558 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4559 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
4561 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4568 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4574 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4575 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4576 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4580 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4583 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4585 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4586 && (i
- phdr_index
!= 1
4587 || ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4588 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
4590 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4598 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4601 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4608 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4609 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4610 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4611 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4612 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4614 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4616 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4617 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4622 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4623 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4624 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4626 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4627 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4628 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2
->next
->name
, ".note")
4629 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
, 2)
4635 amt
+= (count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4636 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4640 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4644 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4645 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4648 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4649 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4653 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4661 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4664 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4665 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4666 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4671 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4672 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4674 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4676 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
4678 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
4681 (_("%B: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
4684 while (i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
)
4686 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
4688 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %A"), s
);
4692 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %A"), s
);
4695 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4706 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4708 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
4709 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4710 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4712 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4713 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4717 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4719 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4725 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4727 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4728 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4732 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4733 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
4734 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
4735 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4736 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
4737 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
4739 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
4740 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
4747 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4749 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4751 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4753 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
4754 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
4757 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4758 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4759 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4762 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4767 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4770 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4771 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4775 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4782 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
4785 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
4788 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4790 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4795 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4800 /* Sort sections by address. */
4803 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4805 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4806 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4807 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4809 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4810 place the section into a segment. */
4811 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4813 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4816 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4817 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4818 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4820 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4823 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4825 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4831 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4832 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4833 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4834 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4839 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4844 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4845 before others at the same address. */
4847 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4848 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4855 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4858 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4860 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4861 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4862 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4863 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4864 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4867 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4868 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4870 /* In other words, something like:
4872 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4873 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4874 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4875 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4877 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4879 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4882 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4884 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
4885 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4887 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4891 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
4894 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
4899 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
4900 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4901 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
4902 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
4903 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4904 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
4906 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
4907 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
4911 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
4912 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
4913 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
4919 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
4924 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
4926 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
4929 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
4934 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4935 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4939 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4940 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4942 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4943 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4944 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4945 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4947 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4950 bfd_vma header_pad
= 0;
4952 if (link_info
== NULL
4953 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
4957 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4961 header_pad
= m
->header_size
;
4966 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4967 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4971 /* PR binutils/12467. */
4972 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
4973 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
4976 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4978 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4979 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4981 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
4982 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4986 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4990 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
4991 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
4992 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
4993 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
4994 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
4996 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
4997 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
4998 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
4999 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) % bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
5001 phdrs
= (Elf_Internal_Phdr
*)
5003 (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
),
5004 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
5005 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5010 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5011 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5013 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5014 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5015 if (header_pad
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
5021 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
5023 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
5027 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5029 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5030 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5031 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5032 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5033 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5035 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5036 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5037 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5040 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5041 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5042 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5043 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5044 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5045 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5046 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5051 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5053 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5054 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5055 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5058 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5060 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5061 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5063 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5064 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5065 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5066 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5067 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5068 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5069 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5071 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5072 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5074 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5076 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5077 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5078 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5079 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5083 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5085 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5088 bfd_size_type align
;
5089 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5091 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5095 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5097 unsigned int secalign
;
5099 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
5100 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5101 align_power
= secalign
;
5103 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5104 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5105 align
= maxpagesize
;
5108 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5109 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5110 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5111 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5112 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5113 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5115 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5118 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5119 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5121 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5125 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
5129 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5130 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5131 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5132 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5133 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5134 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5135 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5136 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5141 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5142 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5143 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5145 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5148 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
5150 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5153 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5154 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5155 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5156 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5162 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5164 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5166 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5167 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5170 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
5172 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5173 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
5175 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5180 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5185 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5187 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5190 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5192 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5196 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5197 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5198 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5202 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5203 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5206 p
->p_filesz
+= header_pad
;
5207 p
->p_memsz
+= header_pad
;
5211 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5212 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5214 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5220 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5222 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5223 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5227 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5228 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5229 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5230 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5231 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5232 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5235 bfd_size_type align
;
5236 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5239 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5240 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
5242 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5243 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5244 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5245 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5246 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5247 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5249 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
5250 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
5251 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
5252 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
5256 || p_end
< p_start
))
5258 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5259 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd
, sec
,
5260 (unsigned long) s_start
, (unsigned long) p_end
);
5264 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5266 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5268 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5270 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5271 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5273 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5274 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5278 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5282 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5284 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5288 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5289 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5290 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5296 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5305 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5307 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5308 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5309 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5311 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5312 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5313 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5315 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5316 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5317 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5318 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5319 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5320 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5322 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5324 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5327 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5329 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5330 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5331 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5332 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5333 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5334 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5336 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5338 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5339 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5341 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5343 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5344 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5347 if (align
> p
->p_align
5348 && !m
->p_align_valid
5349 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5350 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5354 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5357 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5359 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5366 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5367 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5368 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5370 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5372 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5373 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5374 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5375 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5376 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5377 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5379 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5384 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5386 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5389 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5390 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5391 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5392 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5394 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5395 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5397 print_segment_map (m
);
5403 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5407 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
5410 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5411 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5413 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5414 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
5415 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
5416 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5417 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5418 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5419 struct elf_segment_map
*hdrs_segment
;
5420 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
5421 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
5425 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5426 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
5427 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5428 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
5430 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5433 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5434 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
5435 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5436 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
5437 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
5438 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5440 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5441 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5442 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
5444 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
5446 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
5447 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
5448 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5449 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5452 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5454 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
5457 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5458 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5459 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5460 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
))
5461 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5462 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
5463 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
5464 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
5465 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
5466 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
5467 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5469 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5472 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
5473 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
5477 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5479 hdrs_segment
= NULL
;
5480 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
5481 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5484 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5487 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5489 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5490 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5492 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5494 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5495 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5496 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5499 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5500 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5505 if (hdrs_segment
!= NULL
&& link_info
!= NULL
)
5507 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5508 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5509 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5511 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
5512 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
5513 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5514 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5516 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
5517 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5518 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5519 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
5522 if (hdrs_segment
->count
!= 0)
5523 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
5524 s
= hdrs_segment
->sections
[0];
5526 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
5527 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5536 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
5537 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5541 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5542 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
5545 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5546 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
5551 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5553 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5555 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
5556 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
5558 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5560 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
5562 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
5564 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
5566 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5567 && lp
->p_vaddr
< link_info
->relro_end
5569 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
>= link_info
->relro_start
)
5573 BFD_ASSERT (lm
!= NULL
);
5577 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
5578 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
5579 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
5581 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5582 && lp
->p_paddr
== p
->p_paddr
)
5587 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
)
5589 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
5590 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
5591 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
5592 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5593 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
5594 else if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5595 p
->p_filesz
= m
->p_size
;
5598 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
5599 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5600 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5601 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5602 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5604 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
5606 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5611 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
5612 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5615 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
5617 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5618 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
5620 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
5623 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5624 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
5625 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
5627 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
5629 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
5630 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5631 (_("%B: warning: non-load segment includes file header and/or program header"),
5637 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
5638 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
5640 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
5641 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
5642 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5644 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
5651 else if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5653 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5654 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5655 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
5657 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5659 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
5660 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5661 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
5665 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5670 static elf_section_list
*
5671 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
5673 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
5679 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5680 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5681 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5683 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5684 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5685 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5686 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5687 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5688 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5689 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5691 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5694 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
5695 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5697 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5698 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5699 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5701 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
5702 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5704 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5705 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5706 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
5710 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5711 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
5713 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5714 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5715 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5716 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
5718 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5721 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5722 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5723 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5724 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
))
5725 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5726 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
5727 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
5728 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
5729 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
5730 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
5732 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5735 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5738 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5744 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5745 assignment of sections to segments. */
5746 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5749 /* And for non-load sections. */
5750 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5753 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
5755 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
5759 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
5760 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
5762 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
5763 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
5764 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
5766 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
5767 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5768 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
5769 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
5770 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5772 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
5773 segments is non-zero. */
5775 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5778 /* Write out the program headers. */
5779 alloc
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5780 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5781 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
5789 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
5791 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5792 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
5793 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5795 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5797 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5798 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
5801 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
5803 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
5804 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
5805 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
5806 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
5808 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
5809 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
5810 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
5811 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5813 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5814 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
5815 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
5816 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5817 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5818 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
5820 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
5822 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
5824 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
5825 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
5828 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5829 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5830 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5831 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5832 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5833 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5834 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5835 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5837 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
5840 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5841 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5843 /* No program header, for now. */
5844 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5845 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5846 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
5848 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5849 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
5850 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
5852 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5853 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
5854 /* It all happens later. */
5858 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5859 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5862 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5863 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
5864 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5865 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
5866 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5867 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
5868 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5869 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5870 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
5876 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5877 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
5880 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
5883 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
5884 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
5885 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
5886 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5888 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5890 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5891 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
5892 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
5895 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
5897 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
5898 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
5899 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
5901 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
5905 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
5906 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
5908 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5909 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
5913 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
5914 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
5916 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
5917 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
5919 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
5920 if (new_name
== NULL
)
5924 /* Add setion name to section name section. */
5925 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
5928 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
5930 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
5932 /* Add reloc setion name to section name section. */
5934 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
5939 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
5944 /* Update section size and contents. */
5945 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
5946 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
5947 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
5949 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
5956 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
5958 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
5959 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
5960 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
5961 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
5963 /* Place the section headers. */
5964 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5965 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5966 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
5967 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
5968 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
5969 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5975 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5977 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5978 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
5980 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
5981 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
5983 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
5984 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
5987 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5990 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
5994 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
5997 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5998 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5999 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6001 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6002 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6003 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6004 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6005 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
6006 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6008 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6010 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6011 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6016 /* Write out the section header names. */
6017 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6018 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6019 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6020 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6023 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
6024 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
, elf_linker (abfd
));
6026 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6029 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6030 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6031 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6037 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6039 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6040 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6043 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6046 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6048 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6049 unsigned int sec_index
;
6051 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6052 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6053 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6055 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6056 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6057 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6058 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6059 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6060 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6062 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6064 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6065 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6067 int retval
= sec_index
;
6069 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6073 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6074 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6079 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6083 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6085 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6087 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6089 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6090 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6091 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6092 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6093 input sections rather than the output section. */
6094 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6095 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6096 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6101 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6102 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6103 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6104 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6105 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6106 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6107 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6110 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6114 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6115 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6116 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6117 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6118 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6119 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6126 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
6127 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, (long) flags
);
6135 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6138 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6140 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6141 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6142 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6143 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6144 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6147 unsigned int num_segments
;
6148 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6149 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6150 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6151 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6152 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6153 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6155 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6156 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6159 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6161 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6162 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
6164 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6165 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6166 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6167 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6169 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6170 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6171 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6172 ? section->size : 0)
6174 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6175 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6176 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
6177 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
6178 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6179 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6181 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6182 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6183 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
6184 (section->lma >= base \
6185 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6186 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6188 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6189 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6190 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6191 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6192 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6193 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6194 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6196 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6198 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6200 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6204 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6205 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6206 p_memsz set to 0. */
6207 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6209 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6210 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6211 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6212 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6214 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6215 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6216 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6218 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6219 A section will be included if:
6220 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6221 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6222 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6224 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6225 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6226 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6227 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6228 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6229 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6230 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6231 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6232 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6233 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
6234 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
6235 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6236 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6237 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6238 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6239 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6240 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6241 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6242 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6243 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6244 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6245 || (segment->p_paddr \
6246 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
6247 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
6248 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
6250 && !section->segment_mark)
6252 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6253 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6254 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6255 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
6256 && section->output_section != NULL)
6258 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6259 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6260 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6262 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6263 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6264 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6265 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6266 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6268 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6269 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6270 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6271 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6272 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6274 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6275 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6276 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6278 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6279 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6280 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6281 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6282 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6283 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6286 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6288 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6292 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6293 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6294 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6295 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6296 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6301 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6303 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6304 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6305 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6307 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6308 assignment code will work. */
6309 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
6313 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6315 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6316 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6317 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6321 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6322 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6324 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
6326 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6327 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
6330 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6331 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
6333 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6335 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
6336 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
6338 if (extra_length
> 0)
6340 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6341 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6344 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6346 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
6348 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6353 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
6355 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
6356 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
6358 if (extra_length
> 0)
6360 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6361 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6364 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6369 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
6370 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6374 unsigned int section_count
;
6375 asection
**sections
;
6376 asection
*output_section
;
6378 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
6379 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
6382 asection
*first_section
;
6383 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma
;
6384 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma
;
6386 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
6389 first_section
= NULL
;
6390 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
6391 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6393 section
= section
->next
)
6395 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
6396 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6397 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
6399 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6400 first_section
= section
;
6401 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6406 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6407 all of the sections we have selected. */
6408 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6409 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6410 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6414 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
6415 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
6417 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6418 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6419 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6421 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
6422 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
6424 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6426 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6427 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6430 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6431 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6432 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6433 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6434 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6436 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6438 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6439 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6440 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6441 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6442 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6444 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6445 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6448 if (section_count
== 0)
6450 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
6451 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
6452 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
6453 a warning is produced. */
6454 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
6455 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("\
6456 %B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?"),
6460 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6461 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6466 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
6467 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
6468 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
6469 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
6471 1. None of the sections have been moved.
6472 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
6475 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
6476 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6477 of the first section.
6479 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
6480 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
6481 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
6482 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
6483 have to be created to contain the other sections.
6485 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
6486 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6487 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
6488 or segments to contain the other sections.
6490 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
6491 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
6492 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
6494 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
6495 if (sections
== NULL
)
6498 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
6499 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
6500 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
6501 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
6502 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
6507 first_matching_lma
= TRUE
;
6508 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
6510 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
6512 section
= section
->next
)
6514 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
6516 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
6518 sections
[j
++] = section
;
6520 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
6521 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
6522 correct value. Note - some backends require that
6523 p_paddr be left as zero. */
6525 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
6526 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6528 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
6529 && output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
6530 + (map
->includes_filehdr
6533 + (map
->includes_phdrs
6535 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
6537 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6539 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
6540 LMA address of the output section. */
6541 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
6542 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
6543 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6544 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
6546 if (first_matching_lma
|| output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
)
6548 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6549 first_matching_lma
= FALSE
;
6552 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
6553 then it does not overlap any other section within that
6555 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
6557 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6559 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6560 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6563 if (j
== section_count
)
6568 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
6570 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
6572 if (isec
== section_count
)
6574 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
6575 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
6576 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
6577 program header in the input BFD. */
6578 map
->count
= section_count
;
6579 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6580 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6583 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6584 && matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
6585 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6586 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
6587 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
6588 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
6590 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
6597 if (!first_matching_lma
)
6599 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
6600 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
6601 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
6602 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
6606 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
6607 Change the current segment's physical address to match
6608 the LMA of the first section. */
6609 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6612 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
6613 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
6614 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
6616 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
)
6617 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
6620 map
->includes_filehdr
= FALSE
;
6621 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
6625 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
6627 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
6629 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6631 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
6632 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
6633 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
6634 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
6635 offset when we know the correct value. */
6636 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
6637 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
6640 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
6644 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
6645 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
6646 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
6647 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
6648 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
6649 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
6656 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
6658 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
6659 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
6661 section
= sections
[j
];
6663 if (section
== NULL
)
6666 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
6668 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
6670 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
6671 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
6673 if (map
->count
== 0)
6675 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
6676 the beginning of the segment, then something is
6678 if (output_section
->lma
6680 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
6681 + (map
->includes_phdrs
6682 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
6690 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
6692 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
6693 and the start of this section is more than
6694 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
6695 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
6697 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
6698 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
6699 > output_section
->lma
))
6701 if (first_suggested_lma
)
6703 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6704 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6711 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
6714 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6716 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6718 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6719 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6723 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
6725 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
6726 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6727 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6729 if (isec
< section_count
)
6731 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
6732 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
6733 and carry on looping. */
6734 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6735 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6736 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6743 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
6744 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
6745 not yet been assigned. */
6747 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6748 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6749 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6750 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6751 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6752 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
6753 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6756 while (isec
< section_count
);
6761 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
6763 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
6764 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
6765 the offset if necessary. */
6766 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
6770 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
6773 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
6774 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
6775 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6780 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
6781 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
6783 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6784 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6785 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6786 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6787 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6788 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6792 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6795 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6797 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6798 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6799 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6800 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6801 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6803 unsigned int num_segments
;
6804 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6805 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6807 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6810 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6812 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6813 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6814 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6815 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6816 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6819 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6821 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6825 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6830 unsigned int section_count
;
6832 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6833 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
6834 asection
*lowest_section
;
6836 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6837 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6839 section
= section
->next
)
6841 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6842 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6844 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6845 first_section
= section
;
6850 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6851 all of the sections we have selected. */
6852 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6853 if (section_count
!= 0)
6854 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6855 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6859 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6862 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6863 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6864 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6865 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6866 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6867 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
6868 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
6869 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
6871 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
6872 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6874 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6875 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6876 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6877 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
6878 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
6880 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
6881 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
6884 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6885 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6886 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6887 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6889 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6890 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6892 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6893 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6894 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6895 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6896 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6898 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6899 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6902 lowest_section
= NULL
;
6903 if (section_count
!= 0)
6905 unsigned int isec
= 0;
6907 for (section
= first_section
;
6909 section
= section
->next
)
6911 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6912 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6914 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
6915 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6919 if (lowest_section
== NULL
6920 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
6921 lowest_section
= section
;
6923 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6924 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6925 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6926 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6928 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
6929 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
6931 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6932 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
6933 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6935 if (isec
== section_count
)
6941 if (map
->includes_filehdr
&& lowest_section
!= NULL
)
6942 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
6943 map
->header_size
= lowest_section
->vma
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6945 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
6946 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6947 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
6948 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
6949 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0)
6950 - segment
->p_paddr
);
6952 map
->count
= section_count
;
6953 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6954 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6957 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
6961 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
6965 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6967 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6968 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6971 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
6974 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
6976 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
6977 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
6978 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6979 asection
*section
, *osec
;
6980 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
6981 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6982 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6984 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6986 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
6987 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
6990 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
6991 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6992 section
= section
->next
)
6993 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6995 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6996 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7000 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7001 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7002 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7003 map in this case. */
7004 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7005 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7006 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7009 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7010 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7012 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7013 from the input BFD. */
7014 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7016 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7018 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7019 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7020 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7022 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7023 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7025 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7026 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7027 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7028 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7029 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7030 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7036 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7038 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7039 section
= section
->next
)
7041 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
7044 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7047 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7051 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7053 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7054 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7055 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7057 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7058 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
7060 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7063 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7064 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7066 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7067 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7068 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("\
7069 %B: warning: segment alignment of 0x%llx is too large"),
7070 ibfd
, (long long) segment
->p_align
);
7072 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7075 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
7076 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
7079 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7082 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7085 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7089 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7092 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7093 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7094 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7096 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7097 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7100 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7102 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
7103 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
7104 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
7105 that the linker clears to differ. */
7106 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7107 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7109 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7110 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7111 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7113 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7114 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7115 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7117 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7118 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7119 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7120 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7123 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7124 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
7126 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7127 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7128 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7129 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7132 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7133 if ((ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7134 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7138 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7140 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7141 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7142 may be NULL at this point. */
7143 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7145 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7146 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7147 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7150 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7155 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7156 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7159 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7164 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7166 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7167 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7170 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7171 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7173 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7175 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7176 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7177 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7178 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7179 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7181 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7185 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7186 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7187 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7188 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7189 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7193 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7197 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7198 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7200 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7201 asection
*s
= first
;
7202 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7206 /* If this member section is being output but the
7207 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7208 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7209 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7210 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7212 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7213 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7215 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
7216 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
7217 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7218 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7220 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7226 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7228 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7229 adjust the input section size. This function may
7230 be called multiple times, so save the original
7232 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7233 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7234 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7238 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7240 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7248 /* Copy private header information. */
7251 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7253 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7254 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7257 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7258 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7259 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7260 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7261 already been worked out. */
7262 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
7264 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
7268 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
7271 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7272 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7273 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7274 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7275 swap_out_syms function. */
7277 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
7278 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
7279 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
7280 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
7281 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
7284 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7289 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
7291 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7292 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7295 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
7296 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
7299 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
7301 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
7305 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7306 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
7307 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
7308 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
7309 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
7310 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
7312 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
7313 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
7314 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
7315 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
7316 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
7322 /* Swap out the symbols. */
7325 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
7326 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
7329 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7332 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
7333 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7334 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
7335 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
7336 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
7337 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
7338 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
7339 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
7340 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
7342 unsigned int num_locals
;
7344 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
7346 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
7349 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
7350 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
7354 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7355 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
7356 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7357 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
7358 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7359 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
7360 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
7361 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
7363 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
7364 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
7366 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
7367 symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc ((symcount
+ 1)
7368 * sizeof (*symstrtab
));
7369 if (symstrtab
== NULL
)
7371 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
7375 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
7376 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
7377 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
7380 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
7384 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
7385 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
7387 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
7388 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
7390 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
7392 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
7393 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
7395 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7396 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
7397 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
7398 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
7401 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
7402 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
7403 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
7404 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7405 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7407 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
7410 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
7412 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
7413 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7419 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
7420 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
7421 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
7422 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
7423 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
7424 outbound_syms_index
++;
7425 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
7426 outbound_shndx_index
++;
7430 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
7431 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
7433 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
7434 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
7436 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7437 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
7438 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
7439 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
7442 if (!name_local_sections
7443 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
7445 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
7446 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
7450 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
7451 to get the final offset for st_name. */
7453 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
7455 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
7459 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
7461 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
7462 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7464 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
7465 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
7466 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
7467 sym
.st_size
= value
;
7468 if (type_ptr
== NULL
7469 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
7470 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
7472 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
7473 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
7474 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
7478 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
7481 if (sec
->output_section
)
7483 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
7484 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
7487 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
7488 if (! relocatable_p
)
7490 sym
.st_value
= value
;
7491 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
7493 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
7495 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
7497 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
7498 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
7499 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
7500 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7504 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
7507 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
7510 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
7513 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
7516 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
7517 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
7526 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
7528 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
7532 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
7533 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
7534 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
7535 demand of applications. For example, it
7536 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
7537 section of a symbol to be a section that is
7538 actually in the output file. */
7539 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
7542 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
7543 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
7544 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
7546 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7550 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
7551 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= SHN_BAD
);
7555 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
7558 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
7560 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
7561 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
7562 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
7564 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
7566 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
7568 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
7573 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
7576 /* Processor-specific types. */
7577 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
7578 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
7579 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
7580 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
7582 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
7584 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
7585 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7587 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7589 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7591 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
7593 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
7594 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
7595 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
7597 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
7598 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
7600 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
7602 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7603 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
7607 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
7608 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
7611 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
7613 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
7615 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
7616 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
7617 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
7619 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
7622 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
7625 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
7627 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
7628 sym
.st_target_internal
7629 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
7634 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
7638 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
7639 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
7640 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
7642 outbound_syms_index
++;
7643 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
7644 outbound_shndx_index
++;
7647 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
7648 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
7650 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
7651 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
7653 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
7654 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
7655 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
7657 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
7658 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
7659 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
7661 + (elfsym
->dest_index
7662 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
7664 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
7665 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
7670 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
7671 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
7672 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
7673 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
7674 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7675 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
7676 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
7677 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
7682 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
7684 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
7685 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
7686 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
7689 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7693 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7695 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7696 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
7698 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
7704 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7708 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
7710 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7712 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7716 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7717 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
7719 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
7725 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7728 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
7731 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
7734 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7741 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7743 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
7746 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
7747 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
7748 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
7752 return section
->reloc_count
;
7756 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
7758 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7759 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
7762 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
7767 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
7768 asymbol
**allocation
)
7770 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7771 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
7774 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
7778 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
7779 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
7780 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
7781 dynamic reloc section. */
7784 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7789 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7791 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7795 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
7796 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7797 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7798 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7799 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7800 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
7801 * sizeof (arelent
*));
7806 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
7807 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
7808 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
7809 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
7810 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
7811 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
7812 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
7815 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7819 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
7823 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7825 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7829 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
7831 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7833 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7834 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7835 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7840 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
7842 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7844 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
7855 /* Read in the version information. */
7858 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
7860 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
7861 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
7863 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
7865 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7866 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
7867 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
7869 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
7871 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
7873 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
7875 error_return_bad_verref
:
7876 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7877 (_("%B: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
7878 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7879 error_return_verref
:
7880 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
7881 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
7885 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7886 if (contents
== NULL
)
7887 goto error_return_verref
;
7889 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7890 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7891 goto error_return_verref
;
7893 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
7894 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
7896 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
7897 goto error_return_verref
;
7899 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
7900 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
7901 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
7902 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
7903 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
7904 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
7906 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
7907 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
7910 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
7912 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
7914 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
7915 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7917 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
7918 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
7920 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
7921 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
7924 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
7925 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
7926 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
7927 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
7928 goto error_return_verref
;
7931 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
7932 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7933 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
7935 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7936 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
7937 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
7938 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
7940 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
7942 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
7943 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7944 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
7945 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
7946 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
7948 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
7949 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
7951 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
7952 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
7954 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
7957 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
7958 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
7960 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
7961 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
7962 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
7964 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7965 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
7968 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
7969 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
7971 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
7972 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
7974 if (iverneed
->vn_next
7975 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7976 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
7978 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
7979 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
7981 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
7987 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
7989 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7990 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
7991 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7992 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
7993 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
7995 unsigned int maxidx
;
7996 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
7998 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8000 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8002 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8003 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8004 (_("%B: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8005 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8006 error_return_verdef
:
8007 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8008 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8012 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
8013 if (contents
== NULL
)
8014 goto error_return_verdef
;
8015 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8016 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
8017 goto error_return_verdef
;
8019 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8020 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8021 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8022 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8023 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8024 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8026 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8027 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8029 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8031 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8033 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8035 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8036 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8037 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8038 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8040 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8043 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8044 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8045 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8047 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8048 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8051 if (default_imported_symver
)
8053 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8059 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8060 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8061 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8062 goto error_return_verdef
;
8064 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8066 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8067 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8068 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8070 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8071 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8074 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8076 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8077 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8079 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8080 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8082 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8084 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8085 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8088 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8089 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8090 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
8091 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8092 goto error_return_verdef
;
8096 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8097 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8099 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8100 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8101 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8102 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8104 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8106 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8107 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8108 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8109 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8110 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8112 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8113 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8115 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8118 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8119 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8121 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8122 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8123 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8125 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8126 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8129 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8130 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8131 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8133 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8134 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8136 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8137 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8139 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8140 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
8146 else if (default_imported_symver
)
8153 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8154 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8155 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8158 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
8161 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8162 if (default_imported_symver
)
8164 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8165 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8167 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
8169 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
8170 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
8171 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
8172 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
8174 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8176 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
8177 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
8178 goto error_return_verdef
;
8179 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8180 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8181 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
8182 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8183 goto error_return_verdef
;
8185 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8186 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
8192 if (contents
!= NULL
)
8198 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
8200 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
8202 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof * newsym
);
8205 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
8206 return &newsym
->symbol
;
8210 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8214 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
8217 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
8218 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
8222 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8225 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
8226 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
8229 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
8230 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
8231 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
8234 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
8235 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
8236 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
8237 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
8238 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
8239 we treat such symbols as local. */
8240 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
8243 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
8244 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
8245 These labels have the form:
8247 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
8249 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
8251 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
8252 so we only need to match the rest. */
8253 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
8255 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
8259 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
8261 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
8263 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
8264 /* A fake symbol. */
8267 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
8268 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
8269 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
8270 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
8271 other than some kind of local ? */
8288 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8289 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8296 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
8297 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
8298 unsigned long machine
)
8300 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
8301 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
8302 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
8303 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
8304 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
8307 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
8310 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
8311 for error reporting. */
8314 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
8318 const char **filename_ptr
,
8319 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8320 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
8321 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
8325 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
8326 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8327 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
8328 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
8329 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
)
8330 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8331 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8334 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
8335 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8336 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
8341 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8342 &found
, filename_ptr
,
8343 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8344 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
8346 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
8349 if (symbols
== NULL
)
8352 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8353 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
8360 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
8363 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
8364 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8366 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
8367 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
8368 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
8369 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8372 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
8373 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
8374 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
8375 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
8376 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
8379 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
8380 const char **filename_ptr
,
8381 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8382 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8385 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
8386 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8387 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8392 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8394 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8395 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
8397 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8399 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
8401 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
8403 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
8406 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
8407 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
8410 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
8413 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
8421 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
8423 const void *location
,
8425 bfd_size_type count
)
8427 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8430 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
8431 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
8437 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
8438 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
8440 /* We must compress this section. Write output to the buffer. */
8441 unsigned char *contents
= hdr
->contents
;
8442 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
8443 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0
8444 || contents
== NULL
)
8446 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
8449 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
8450 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8451 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
8458 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8459 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8460 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8465 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
8468 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
8470 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
8472 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
8474 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
8475 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8477 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
8478 equivalent ELF reloc. */
8480 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
8482 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
8485 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
8488 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
8491 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
8494 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
8497 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
8500 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
8506 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
8508 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
8510 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
8511 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
8513 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
8518 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
8524 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
8527 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
8530 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
8533 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
8536 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
8542 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
8546 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
8554 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8555 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
8556 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
8557 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8562 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
8564 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
8565 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
8567 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
8568 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
8569 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8572 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
8575 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
8576 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
8577 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
8580 bfd_reloc_status_type
8581 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
8582 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8583 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8584 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8585 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8587 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
8590 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
8591 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
8592 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
8593 out details about the corefile. */
8595 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
8596 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
8597 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
8598 # include <sys/procfs.h>
8601 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
8602 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
8605 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
8609 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
8611 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
8616 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
8617 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
8618 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
8622 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
8626 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
8629 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
8633 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
8634 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
8635 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
8639 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
8640 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
8641 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
8642 such a section already exists.
8643 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
8644 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
8645 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
8647 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8653 char *threaded_name
;
8657 /* Build the section name. */
8659 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8660 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8661 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8662 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
8664 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
8666 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
8671 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
8672 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8674 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
8677 /* prstatus_t exists on:
8679 linux 2.[01] + glibc
8683 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8686 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8691 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
8695 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8696 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8697 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8699 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8700 has already been set by another thread. */
8701 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8702 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8703 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
8704 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8706 /* pr_who exists on:
8709 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8712 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
8713 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8715 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8718 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8719 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
8721 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8722 prstatus32_t prstat
;
8724 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8725 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
8726 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8728 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8729 has already been set by another thread. */
8730 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8731 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8732 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
8733 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8735 /* pr_who exists on:
8738 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8741 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
8742 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8744 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8747 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
8750 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8751 note size (ie. data object type). */
8755 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
8756 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
8757 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
8759 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
8761 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
8763 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8765 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8767 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
8768 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
8771 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
8772 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
8773 data structure apart. */
8776 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8778 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8781 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
8782 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
8786 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8788 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8791 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
8792 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
8793 contents literally. */
8796 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8798 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
8802 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8804 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
8808 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8810 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
8814 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8816 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
8820 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8822 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
8826 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8828 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
8832 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8834 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
8838 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8840 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
8844 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8846 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
8850 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8852 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
8856 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8858 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
8862 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8864 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
8868 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8870 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
8874 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8876 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
8880 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8882 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
8886 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8888 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
8892 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8894 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
8898 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8900 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
8903 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
8904 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8905 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8906 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8910 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8911 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8912 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8913 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8917 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
8918 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
8919 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
8922 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
8925 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
8933 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
8937 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
8943 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8945 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8947 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
8949 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
8951 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8953 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
8954 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8956 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
8957 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8958 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8960 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8961 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8962 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8964 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8965 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
8967 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8968 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
8970 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8972 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
8973 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8975 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
8976 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8977 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8979 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8980 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8981 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8987 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8988 note size (ie. data object type). */
8992 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
8993 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
8994 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
8997 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
8998 int n
= strlen (command
);
9000 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
9001 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
9006 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9008 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9010 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9012 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
9013 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9014 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
9020 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9022 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9024 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9025 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
9027 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9030 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9032 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9035 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
9036 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
9037 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
9041 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
9043 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9045 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9047 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9053 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
9054 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
9055 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
9060 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9062 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
9063 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
9065 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9066 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
9068 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9070 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9071 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9072 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9075 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9077 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9081 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9082 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9083 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9084 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9087 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9088 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
9089 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9092 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9094 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9097 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
9099 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9100 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9101 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9104 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9106 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9110 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9111 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9112 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9113 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9116 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
9117 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
9118 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
9121 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9123 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
9125 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
9128 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9135 int is_active_thread
;
9138 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
9141 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
9144 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
9148 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
9149 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
9150 /* process_info.pid */
9151 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
9152 /* process_info.signal */
9153 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
9156 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
9157 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9158 /* thread_info.tid */
9159 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
9161 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9162 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9166 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9168 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9172 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9174 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9175 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
9176 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9178 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
9179 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
9181 if (is_active_thread
)
9182 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9186 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
9187 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
9188 /* module_info.base_address */
9189 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
9190 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
9192 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9193 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9197 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9199 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9204 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9205 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9206 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9217 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9219 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9227 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
9228 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
9230 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9231 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
9236 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9238 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
9241 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9243 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
9246 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
9247 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9249 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
9250 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
9252 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
9253 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9254 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9255 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9259 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
9260 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9261 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9262 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
9263 else if (note
->namesz
== 8
9264 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "FreeBSD") == 0)
9265 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
9270 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9271 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9272 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
9277 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9278 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9279 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
9283 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
9284 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9285 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9286 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
9291 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9292 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9293 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
9297 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
9298 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9299 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9300 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
9304 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
9305 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9306 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9307 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
9312 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9313 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9314 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
9318 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
9319 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9320 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9321 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
9325 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
9326 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9327 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9328 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
9332 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
9333 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9334 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9335 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
9340 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9341 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9342 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
9346 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
9347 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9348 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9349 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
9353 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
9354 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9355 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9356 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
9361 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9362 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9363 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
9368 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9369 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9370 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
9374 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
9375 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9376 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9377 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
9381 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
9382 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9383 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9384 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
9390 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
9391 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
9393 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9394 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
9401 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9406 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9407 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9408 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9414 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
9418 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
9421 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
9422 if (note
->namesz
== 8
9423 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "FreeBSD") == 0)
9424 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
9431 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9433 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
9435 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
9438 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
9439 if (build_id
== NULL
)
9442 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9443 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
9444 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
9450 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9457 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
9458 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
9463 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9465 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
9466 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct sdt_note
)
9469 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
9470 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
9471 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
9473 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
9479 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9484 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
9492 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
9496 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
9499 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
9506 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9508 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
9509 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
9510 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
9512 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
9513 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
9514 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
9516 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
9517 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9518 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
9520 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
9525 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9529 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
9530 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
9532 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
9534 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
9535 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
9536 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
9537 creates a core file. */
9539 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
9542 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
9543 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
9544 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
9547 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
9551 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
9553 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
9554 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
9556 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
9557 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
9560 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
9561 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
9563 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
9564 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9570 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
9571 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
9576 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
9577 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
9579 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
9580 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9590 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9592 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
9593 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
9594 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
9596 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
9597 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
9598 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
9600 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
9601 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9602 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
9608 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9610 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
9611 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
9613 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
9614 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
9616 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
9617 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9619 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
9620 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9622 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
9624 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9629 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9630 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9631 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9636 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
9638 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
9643 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9644 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9645 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9654 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
9656 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
9663 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
9664 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
9666 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
9667 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
9669 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
9670 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
9672 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
9673 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
9675 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
9676 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
9679 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
9680 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
9681 thread just in case. */
9682 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
9683 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
9685 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
9686 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
9688 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
9693 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9697 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9698 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9699 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9701 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
9705 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
9706 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9714 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
9715 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
9717 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
9722 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9726 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9727 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9728 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9730 /* This is the current thread. */
9731 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
9732 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
9737 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
9738 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
9739 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
9740 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
9743 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9745 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
9746 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
9748 static long tid
= 1;
9752 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
9753 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
9754 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
9755 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
9756 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
9757 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
9758 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
9759 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
9766 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9772 /* Use note name as section name. */
9774 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9777 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
9778 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
9780 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9784 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9785 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9786 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
9791 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
9794 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
9798 size of data for note
9800 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
9801 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
9802 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
9803 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
9806 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
9809 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
9817 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
9824 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
9826 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
9828 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
9831 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
9832 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
9833 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
9834 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
9835 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
9836 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
9840 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
9848 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
9859 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
9865 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9867 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9870 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9871 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
9876 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9877 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9878 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9880 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9882 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9885 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9888 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9889 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9890 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9891 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9892 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9897 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9899 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9902 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9905 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9906 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9907 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9908 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9909 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9911 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
9918 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
9919 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9920 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
9922 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data
;
9924 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
9925 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
9926 &data
, sizeof (data
));
9930 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
9931 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9932 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
9934 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data
;
9936 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
9937 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9938 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9942 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9949 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9951 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9954 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9956 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
9961 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9962 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9963 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9965 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9967 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9968 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9969 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9970 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9971 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9972 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9979 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9980 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9981 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9982 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9983 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9984 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9986 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
9992 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9994 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10001 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
10002 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10004 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10005 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
10006 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
10007 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10008 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
10009 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10010 #if !defined(gregs)
10011 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
10012 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
10014 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
10015 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
10018 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10019 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10021 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
10023 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10025 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10029 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10030 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10032 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10033 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
10034 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10036 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10040 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
10041 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
10042 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10043 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
10051 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
10052 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
10053 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10054 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
10058 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
10061 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10064 const void *fpregs
,
10067 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10068 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10069 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
10073 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10076 const void *xfpregs
,
10079 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10080 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10081 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
10085 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
10086 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
10089 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
10090 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
10092 note_name
= "LINUX";
10093 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10094 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
10098 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
10101 const void *ppc_vmx
,
10104 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10105 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10106 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
10110 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
10113 const void *ppc_vsx
,
10116 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10117 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10118 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
10122 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
10125 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
10128 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10129 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10130 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
10131 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
10135 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
10138 const void *s390_timer
,
10141 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10142 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10143 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
10147 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
10150 const void *s390_todcmp
,
10153 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10154 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10155 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
10159 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10162 const void *s390_todpreg
,
10165 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10166 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10167 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
10171 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
10174 const void *s390_ctrs
,
10177 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10178 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10179 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
10183 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
10186 const void *s390_prefix
,
10189 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10190 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10191 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
10195 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
10198 const void *s390_last_break
,
10201 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10202 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10203 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
10204 s390_last_break
, size
);
10208 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
10211 const void *s390_system_call
,
10214 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10215 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10216 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
10217 s390_system_call
, size
);
10221 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
10224 const void *s390_tdb
,
10227 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10228 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10229 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
10233 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
10236 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
10239 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10240 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10241 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
10245 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
10248 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
10251 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10252 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10253 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
10254 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
10258 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
10261 const void *arm_vfp
,
10264 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10265 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10266 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
10270 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
10273 const void *aarch_tls
,
10276 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10277 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10278 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
10282 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
10285 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
10288 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10289 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10290 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
10294 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
10297 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
10300 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10301 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10302 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
10306 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
10309 const char *section
,
10313 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
10314 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10315 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
10316 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10317 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
10318 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10319 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
10320 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10321 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
10322 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10323 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
10324 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10325 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
10326 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10327 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
10328 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10329 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
10330 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10331 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
10332 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10333 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
10334 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10335 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
10336 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10337 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
10338 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10339 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
10340 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10341 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
10342 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10343 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
10344 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10345 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
10346 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10347 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
10348 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10349 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
10350 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10351 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
10352 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10357 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
)
10362 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
10364 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
10365 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
10366 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
10368 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
10371 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
10373 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
10374 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
10375 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
10378 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
10379 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
10380 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
10382 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
10383 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
10386 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
10393 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
10396 const char * string
;
10398 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
10402 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
10403 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
10404 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
10405 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
10406 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
)
10408 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
10411 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
10413 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
10414 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
10415 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
10417 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
10426 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
10428 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
10431 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
10432 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
10434 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
10440 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
10447 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
10454 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
10457 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
+ 1);
10461 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
10462 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
10465 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
10466 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
))
10476 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
10478 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
10479 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
10480 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
10483 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
10485 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10487 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
10491 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
10494 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
10495 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
10496 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
10497 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
10499 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
10500 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
10503 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
10507 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10509 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
10513 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
10514 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
10515 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
10520 enum elf_reloc_type_class
10521 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10522 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10523 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10525 return reloc_class_normal
;
10528 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
10529 relocation against a local symbol. */
10532 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
10533 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10535 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
10537 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
10538 bfd_vma relocation
;
10540 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
10541 + sec
->output_offset
10543 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10544 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
10545 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
10548 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
10549 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
10550 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
10553 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
10554 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
10555 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
10556 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
10557 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
10558 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
10559 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
10562 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
10563 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
10569 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
10570 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10574 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
10576 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
10577 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
10579 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
10580 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
10581 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
10584 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
10585 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
10586 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
10587 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
10591 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
10592 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10596 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
10598 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10599 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
10601 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10602 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
10605 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
10607 /* Reverse the offset. */
10608 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10609 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
10611 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
10612 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
10613 offset
= (sec
->size
- address_size
) / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
) - offset
;
10619 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
10620 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
10621 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
10622 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
10623 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
10624 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
10626 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
10627 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
10628 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
10629 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
10630 the remote memory. */
10633 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
10636 bfd_size_type size
,
10637 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
10638 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
10640 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
10641 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
10645 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
10646 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10647 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10652 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10655 const char *relplt_name
;
10656 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
10660 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
10666 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
10669 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
10672 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
10675 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
10676 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
10677 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
10678 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
10679 if (relplt
== NULL
)
10682 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
10683 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
10684 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
10687 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
10691 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
10692 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
10695 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
10696 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
10697 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
10698 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10700 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
10701 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
10704 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
10706 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
10711 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
10715 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
10716 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
10718 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10723 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
10724 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
10727 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
10728 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
10729 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
10730 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
10731 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
10732 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
10734 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
10737 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
10738 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
10740 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
10744 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
10745 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
10746 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
10747 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
10750 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
10753 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
10754 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
10761 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
10762 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
10763 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
10764 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
10767 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd
* abfd
,
10768 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10770 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
10772 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
10774 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
10776 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
10777 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
10778 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
10779 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
10780 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
)
10781 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
10785 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
10786 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
10787 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
10790 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
10792 return (type
== STT_FUNC
10793 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
10796 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
10797 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
10798 otherwise return zero. */
10801 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
10804 bfd_size_type size
;
10806 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
10807 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
10808 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
10811 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
10813 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
10814 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;